1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
39 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
50 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
55 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
56 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
64 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
65 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
67 struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
74 class ASTMutationListener;
84 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
85 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
86 class CXXConstructorDecl;
87 class CXXConversionDecl;
89 class CXXDestructorDecl;
90 class CXXFieldCollector;
91 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
97 class ClassTemplateDecl;
98 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
99 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
100 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
101 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
102 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
103 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
104 class CodeCompletionResult;
105 class CoroutineBodyStmt;
107 class DeclAccessPair;
110 class DeclaratorDecl;
111 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
112 class DependentDiagnostic;
113 class DesignatedInitExpr;
116 class EnumConstantDecl;
122 class FunctionProtoType;
123 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
124 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
125 typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
127 class InitializationKind;
128 class InitializationSequence;
129 class InitializedEntity;
130 class IntegerLiteral;
134 class LocalInstantiationScope;
137 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
139 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
141 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
142 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
143 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
144 class ObjCContainerDecl;
146 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
147 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
149 template <class T> class ObjCList;
150 class ObjCMessageExpr;
151 class ObjCMethodDecl;
152 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
153 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
154 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
155 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
156 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
158 struct OverloadCandidate;
159 class OverloadCandidateSet;
164 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
165 class PseudoObjectExpr;
167 class StandardConversionSequence;
171 class TemplateArgument;
172 class TemplateArgumentList;
173 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
175 class TemplateParameterList;
176 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
177 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
181 class TypedefNameDecl;
183 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
185 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
186 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
187 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
188 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
190 class UsingShadowDecl;
193 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
194 class VisibilityAttr;
195 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
196 class IndirectFieldDecl;
197 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
198 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
201 class AccessedEntity;
202 class BlockScopeInfo;
203 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
204 class CapturingScopeInfo;
205 class CompoundScopeInfo;
206 class DelayedDiagnostic;
207 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
208 class FunctionScopeInfo;
209 class LambdaScopeInfo;
210 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
211 class SemaPPCallbacks;
212 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
215 namespace threadSafety {
217 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
220 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
221 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
222 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
223 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
225 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
227 struct FileNullability {
228 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
229 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
230 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
232 /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
234 SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
236 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
239 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
240 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
243 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
244 /// information in that file.
245 class FileNullabilityMap {
246 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
247 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
249 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
252 FileNullability Nullability;
256 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
257 // Check the single-element cache.
258 if (file == Cache.File)
259 return Cache.Nullability;
261 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
262 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
263 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
266 // Pull this entry into the cache.
268 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
269 return Cache.Nullability;
273 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
275 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
276 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
278 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
279 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
281 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
282 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
284 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
286 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
288 /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
289 /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
290 /// not have external linkage.
291 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
292 const NamedDecl *New) {
295 // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
296 // of the new declaration here.
297 if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
298 assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
299 "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl");
304 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
307 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
308 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
309 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
311 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
312 FPOptions FPFeatures;
314 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
317 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
318 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
319 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
321 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
324 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
325 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
327 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
328 DeclContext *CurContext;
330 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
331 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
332 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
334 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
335 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
336 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
338 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
340 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
341 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
342 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
344 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
345 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
347 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
348 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
350 /// \brief pragma clang section kind
351 enum PragmaClangSectionKind {
359 enum PragmaClangSectionAction {
364 struct PragmaClangSection {
365 std::string SectionName;
367 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
369 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
370 PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
371 StringLiteral* Name);
374 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
375 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
376 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
377 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
379 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
380 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
381 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
382 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
383 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
384 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
385 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
386 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
389 template<typename ValueType>
392 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
394 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
395 SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
396 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
397 SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
398 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
399 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
400 PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
402 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
403 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
404 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
407 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
408 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
411 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
413 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
416 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
417 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
420 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
421 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
422 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
423 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
424 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
428 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
429 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
431 bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
433 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
434 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
435 ValueType CurrentValue;
436 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
438 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
439 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
441 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
442 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
444 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
445 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
447 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
449 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
451 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
452 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
453 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
454 // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include.
455 struct PackIncludeState {
456 unsigned CurrentValue;
457 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
458 bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
460 SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack;
462 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
463 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
464 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
465 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
467 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
468 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
469 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
471 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
472 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
480 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
481 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
483 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
484 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
485 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
487 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
488 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
490 /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by
491 /// \#pragma clang attribute.
492 struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
494 AttributeList *Attribute;
495 SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
498 SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
500 /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
501 /// #pragma attribute stack.
502 const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
504 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
505 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
506 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
507 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
509 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
511 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
512 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
513 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
515 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
518 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
519 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
520 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
521 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
523 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
524 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
525 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
526 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
527 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
529 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
531 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
532 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
534 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
535 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
536 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
537 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
539 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
540 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
543 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
544 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
545 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
546 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
548 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
549 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
551 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
553 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
554 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
556 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
557 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
558 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
560 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
562 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
563 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
564 /// used in initializer of the field.
565 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
566 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
567 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
569 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
571 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
572 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
573 /// same list more than once.
574 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
576 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
577 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
578 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
580 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
581 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
583 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
584 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
585 TentativeDefinitionsType;
587 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
588 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
590 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
591 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
592 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
594 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
595 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
596 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
598 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
599 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
600 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
602 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
603 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
604 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
606 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
607 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
609 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
610 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
612 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
613 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
614 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
615 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
616 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
617 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
618 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
619 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
620 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
622 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
623 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
624 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
625 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
627 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
628 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
629 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
630 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
631 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
634 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
635 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
637 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
638 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
642 class DelayedDiagnostics;
644 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
645 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
646 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
648 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
649 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
651 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
652 /// during parsing and other processing.
653 class DelayedDiagnostics {
654 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
655 /// diagnostics should go.
656 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
659 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
661 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
662 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
664 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
665 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
667 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
668 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
672 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
673 /// collected in this pool.
674 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
675 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
676 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
681 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
682 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
683 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
684 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
685 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
688 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
690 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
691 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
692 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
697 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
698 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
699 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
700 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
702 } DelayedDiagnostics;
704 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
708 DeclContext *SavedContext;
709 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
710 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
713 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
714 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
715 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
716 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
718 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
719 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
721 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
725 if (!SavedContext) return;
726 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
727 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
728 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
729 SavedContext = nullptr;
737 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
739 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
741 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
742 bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
745 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
746 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
747 S.PushFunctionScope();
748 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
749 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
750 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
751 FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
753 assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC));
756 void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
757 assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext);
759 Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
760 Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
761 Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
762 Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
763 S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
765 PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
768 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
769 if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
770 S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
771 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
772 FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
773 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
774 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
778 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
779 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
780 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
781 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
783 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
784 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
785 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
786 /// in the currently selected standard.
787 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
790 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
791 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
793 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
794 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
795 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
796 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
797 /// It would be best to refactor this.
798 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
800 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
802 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
803 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
804 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
807 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
808 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
810 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
811 /// standard library.
812 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
814 /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
815 /// standard library.
816 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
818 /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
819 /// of the standard library resides.
820 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
822 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
823 /// \<initializer_list>.
824 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
826 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
827 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
829 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
830 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
832 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
833 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
835 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
836 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
838 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
839 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
841 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
842 QualType NSNumberPointer;
844 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
845 QualType NSValuePointer;
847 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
848 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
850 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
853 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
854 QualType NSStringPointer;
856 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
857 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
859 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
860 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
862 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
863 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
865 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
866 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
868 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
869 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
871 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
872 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
874 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
875 QualType QIDNSCopying;
877 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
878 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
880 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
881 /// have been declared.
882 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
884 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
885 /// references to fields. This is really a
886 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
888 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
889 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
890 enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
891 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
892 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
893 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
894 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
898 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
899 /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
900 /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
901 /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
904 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
905 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
906 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
909 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
910 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
911 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
914 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
915 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
916 /// cases in a switch statement).
919 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
920 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
921 /// expression at run time.
922 PotentiallyEvaluated,
924 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
925 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
926 /// in fact the current expression is used.
928 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
929 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
930 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
931 /// until the default argument is used.
932 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
935 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
936 /// expression evaluation contexts.
937 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
938 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
939 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
941 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
942 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
944 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
947 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
948 /// this expression evaluation context.
949 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
951 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
952 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
955 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
957 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
958 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
959 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
961 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
962 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
963 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
964 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
966 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
967 /// and block literals within this context.
969 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
970 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
971 std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
973 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
974 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
975 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
977 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
978 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
979 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
981 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
982 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
983 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
984 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
986 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
987 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
989 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
991 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
992 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
993 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
995 bool isUnevaluated() const {
996 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
997 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
998 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
1000 bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
1001 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
1005 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
1006 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
1008 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
1011 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
1013 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
1014 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
1015 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
1016 const DeclContext *DC,
1017 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
1020 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
1023 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
1024 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
1025 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1034 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
1037 SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
1038 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
1039 : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
1041 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
1042 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
1044 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
1045 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
1048 class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
1049 : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
1050 public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1052 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
1053 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
1057 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
1058 /// for C++ records.
1059 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
1061 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
1063 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
1065 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
1067 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
1068 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
1069 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1070 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1072 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1074 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1076 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1077 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1079 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1080 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1082 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1083 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1085 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1086 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1087 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1088 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1089 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1091 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1092 // argument locations.
1093 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1095 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1096 /// definition in this translation unit.
1097 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1099 /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
1100 /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
1101 /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
1102 bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD);
1104 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1105 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1106 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1108 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1109 /// the end of translation unit.
1110 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1111 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1113 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1114 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1116 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1117 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1118 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1119 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1120 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1121 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1122 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1124 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1126 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1128 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1129 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1130 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1139 typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember>
1142 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1143 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1144 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1145 llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1147 /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1148 /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1149 /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1150 /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1151 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1153 /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
1154 /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
1155 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
1157 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1158 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1160 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1161 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1162 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1164 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1165 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1166 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1167 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1169 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1171 class FPContractStateRAII {
1173 FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {}
1174 ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; }
1178 FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1181 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1184 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1185 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1186 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1189 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1190 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1193 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1194 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1195 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1197 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1198 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1199 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1200 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1201 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1202 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1203 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1205 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1206 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1208 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1210 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1212 void PrintStats() const;
1214 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1215 /// template instantiation stacks.
1217 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1218 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1219 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1220 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1221 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1223 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1228 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1229 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1231 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1232 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1233 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1234 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1235 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1236 // in that case anwyay.
1237 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1239 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1240 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1241 if (!isActive()) return;
1243 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1244 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1245 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1247 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1248 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1249 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1250 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1251 // eliminate that code.
1255 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1256 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1259 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1260 template<typename T>
1261 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1262 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1263 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1269 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1270 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1271 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1272 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1275 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1276 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1278 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1279 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1281 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1283 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1285 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1286 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1288 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1289 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1291 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1292 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1294 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1296 void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
1297 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1299 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1301 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1303 void PushFunctionScope();
1304 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1305 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1307 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1308 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1309 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1310 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1312 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1314 CapturedRegionKind K);
1316 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1317 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1318 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1320 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1321 return FunctionScopes.back();
1324 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1325 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1328 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1329 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1331 return FunctionScopes[e];
1336 template <typename ExprT>
1337 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1338 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1339 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1342 void PushCompoundScope();
1343 void PopCompoundScope();
1345 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1347 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1349 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1350 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1352 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1353 /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1354 /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1356 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1357 getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1359 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1360 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1362 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1363 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1365 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1366 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1368 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1370 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1374 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1375 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1376 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1377 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1378 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1379 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1380 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1381 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1382 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1383 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1384 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1385 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1386 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1387 QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
1388 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1390 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1392 /// \brief Build a function type.
1394 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1395 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1396 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1397 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1398 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1400 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1402 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1403 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1404 /// function parameters.
1406 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1407 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1408 /// type that will have function type.
1410 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1413 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1414 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1416 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1417 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1418 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1419 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1420 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1421 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1422 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1424 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1426 DeclarationName Entity);
1427 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1428 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1429 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1430 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1431 QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1432 SourceLocation Loc);
1433 QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1434 SourceLocation Loc);
1436 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1437 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1438 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1439 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1441 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1442 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1443 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1444 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1445 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1446 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1447 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1448 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1449 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1450 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1451 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1452 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1453 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1454 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1455 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1456 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1457 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1458 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1459 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1460 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1461 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1462 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1463 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1464 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1465 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1466 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1467 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1468 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1469 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1470 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1471 const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1472 SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1473 const FunctionProtoType *Source,
1474 SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1476 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1478 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1479 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1480 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1482 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1483 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1486 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1487 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1490 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1491 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1492 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1493 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1494 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1495 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1496 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1499 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1500 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1501 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1502 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1503 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1504 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1506 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1508 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1510 template <std::size_t... Is>
1511 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1512 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1513 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1514 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1519 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1520 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1521 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1524 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1525 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1526 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1532 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1533 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1535 struct ModuleScope {
1536 clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
1537 bool ModuleInterface = false;
1538 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1540 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1541 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1543 /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within.
1544 Module *getCurrentModule() const {
1545 return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
1548 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1551 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1552 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); }
1554 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1555 /// visible at the specified location.
1556 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
1558 bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1560 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1561 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1562 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1565 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1567 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1568 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1569 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1571 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1572 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1574 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1575 bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def);
1577 /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
1578 /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
1579 bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
1581 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1582 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1583 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1584 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1585 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1587 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1590 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1592 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1593 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1595 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
1596 /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
1597 /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
1598 bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
1599 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1601 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1602 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1603 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1604 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1606 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1607 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1608 /// an extension warning.
1609 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1610 const NamedDecl *B);
1611 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1612 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1613 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1615 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1616 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1618 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1619 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1620 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1623 template <typename... Ts>
1624 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1625 const Ts &...Args) {
1626 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1627 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1630 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1631 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1632 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1634 template <typename... Ts>
1635 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1636 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1637 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1640 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1641 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1642 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1644 template <typename... Ts>
1645 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1646 const Ts &...Args) {
1647 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1648 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1651 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1652 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1654 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1655 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1656 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1657 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1658 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1659 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1660 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1661 SourceLocation Loc);
1663 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1664 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1667 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1669 : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr),
1672 bool CheckSameAsPrevious;
1673 NamedDecl *Previous;
1677 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1679 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1681 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1683 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1684 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1685 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1686 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1687 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1688 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1689 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
1690 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1691 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1692 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1693 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1694 SourceLocation IILoc,
1697 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1698 bool IsTemplateName = false);
1700 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1701 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1702 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1703 /// scope during instantiation.
1704 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1705 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1706 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1708 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1709 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1710 enum NameClassificationKind {
1716 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1722 class NameClassification {
1723 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1725 TemplateName Template;
1728 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1731 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1733 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1735 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {}
1737 static NameClassification Error() {
1738 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1741 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1742 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1745 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1746 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1749 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1750 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1751 Result.Template = Name;
1755 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1756 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1757 Result.Template = Name;
1761 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1762 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1763 Result.Template = Name;
1767 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1769 ParsedType getType() const {
1770 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1774 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1775 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1779 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1780 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1781 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1785 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1787 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1788 return TNK_Type_template;
1789 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1790 return TNK_Function_template;
1791 case NC_VarTemplate:
1792 return TNK_Var_template;
1794 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1799 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1800 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1802 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1803 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1804 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1806 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1808 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1810 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1811 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1813 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1815 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1816 /// disambiguate the name.
1818 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1819 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1822 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1824 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1825 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1826 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1827 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1829 /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
1830 enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
1835 TemplateTemplateParam,
1838 TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1839 getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
1841 /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
1843 bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) {
1844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
1846 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
1847 return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1848 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
1849 return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1850 // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
1851 // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
1854 void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
1855 SourceLocation Less,
1856 SourceLocation Greater);
1858 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1860 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1861 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1862 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1863 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1864 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1865 DeclarationName Name,
1866 SourceLocation Loc);
1868 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1869 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1870 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1871 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1872 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1873 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1874 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1876 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1877 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1878 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
1879 const LookupResult &R);
1880 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
1881 void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
1882 const LookupResult &R);
1883 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1885 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1886 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1887 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1889 void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
1892 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1893 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1894 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1897 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1898 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1899 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1900 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1901 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1902 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1903 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1904 LookupResult &Previous);
1905 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1906 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1907 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1908 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1909 LookupResult &Previous,
1910 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1912 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1914 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1915 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1916 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1917 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1918 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1919 bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
1921 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1922 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1923 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1925 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1926 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1927 LookupResult &Previous,
1928 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1930 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1932 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1933 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1935 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1936 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1937 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1938 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1939 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1940 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1941 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1942 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1943 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
1944 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1945 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1946 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1947 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1948 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1951 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1952 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1953 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1955 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1956 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1958 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1959 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1960 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1961 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1962 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1963 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1965 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
1966 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
1967 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1969 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1970 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1971 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1972 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1973 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1974 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1975 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1976 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1977 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1978 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1979 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1980 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1982 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1983 /// documentation comments.
1984 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1985 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1987 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1988 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1989 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1990 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1991 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1992 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1993 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1994 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1995 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1996 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1997 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1998 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1999 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
2002 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
2003 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
2004 /// code for that function.
2006 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
2007 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
2008 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
2009 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
2010 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
2012 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
2013 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
2014 /// code for that function.
2016 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
2017 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
2018 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
2019 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
2021 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
2022 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
2023 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
2024 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
2025 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
2027 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
2028 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
2029 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
2031 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
2032 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
2033 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
2035 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
2036 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
2037 /// specified threshold.
2039 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2040 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
2042 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
2043 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
2044 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2045 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2047 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
2048 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
2049 AttributeList *AttrList,
2050 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
2052 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
2053 Interface, ///< 'export module X;'
2054 Implementation, ///< 'module X;'
2055 Partition, ///< 'module partition X;'
2058 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
2059 /// of a module interface or implementation.
2060 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2061 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
2064 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
2066 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
2068 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
2070 /// \param Path The module access path.
2071 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
2074 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
2075 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
2076 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2077 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2079 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
2080 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2081 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
2082 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2084 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
2085 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
2087 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
2088 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
2089 /// has forgotten to import.
2090 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
2093 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
2094 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
2095 enum class MissingImportKind {
2099 ExplicitSpecialization,
2100 PartialSpecialization
2103 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
2104 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
2105 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2106 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
2107 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2108 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
2109 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
2111 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2112 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2113 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
2114 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2116 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2117 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2118 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2119 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2121 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
2122 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
2123 /// and diagnose if not.
2124 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
2127 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2128 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2129 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2132 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2133 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2134 const Preprocessor &PP);
2137 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2138 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2140 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2141 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2142 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2143 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2144 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2145 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2147 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2150 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2152 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2153 RecordDecl *Record);
2155 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
2156 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
2165 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2166 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2169 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2170 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2171 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2173 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2174 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2175 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2176 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2179 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2180 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2181 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2182 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2185 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2186 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2187 SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr,
2188 AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2189 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
2190 bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2191 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2192 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
2193 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2195 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2196 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2198 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2199 AttributeList *Attr,
2200 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2202 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2205 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2206 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2207 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2208 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2210 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2211 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2212 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2213 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2214 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2216 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2217 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2218 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2219 AccessSpecifier AS);
2220 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2221 SourceLocation DeclStart,
2222 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2223 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2225 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
2227 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2229 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2230 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2231 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2232 SourceLocation TSSL,
2233 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2234 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2236 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2237 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2238 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2239 bool Diagnose = false);
2240 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2241 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2242 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2243 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2244 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2245 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2247 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2248 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2249 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2250 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2251 AttributeList *AttrList);
2253 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2254 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2255 /// struct, or union).
2256 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2258 /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
2259 /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
2260 /// in case of a structural mismatch.
2261 bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
2262 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
2264 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2266 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2267 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2269 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2271 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2272 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2273 /// member declarations.
2274 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2275 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2276 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2277 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2279 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2280 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2281 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2282 SourceRange BraceRange);
2284 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2286 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2288 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2289 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2291 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2292 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2293 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2295 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2296 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2297 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2299 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2300 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2301 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2304 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2305 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2306 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2307 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2308 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2310 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2311 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2312 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2313 SourceLocation IILoc);
2315 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2316 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2317 AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2319 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2321 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2322 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2324 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2326 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2327 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2328 void PopDeclContext();
2330 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2331 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2332 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2333 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2335 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2336 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2337 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2339 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2341 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2342 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2343 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2344 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2346 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2347 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2348 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2349 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2351 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2352 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2353 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2354 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2356 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2357 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2359 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2360 /// top level scope.
2362 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2364 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2365 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2367 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2368 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2369 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2371 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2372 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2373 /// directly within it.
2374 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2375 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2377 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2378 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2379 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2381 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2382 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2384 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2386 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2387 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2388 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2389 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2391 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2394 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2395 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2397 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2398 /// a protocol requirement.
2399 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2402 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2403 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2404 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2406 VersionTuple Introduced,
2407 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2408 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2411 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2412 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2413 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2414 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2415 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2416 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2417 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2418 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2419 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2420 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2421 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2422 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2423 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2424 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2425 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2427 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2428 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2429 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2430 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2431 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2432 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2433 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2434 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2435 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2436 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2437 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2438 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2439 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2440 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2441 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2442 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2443 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2444 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2445 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2446 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2448 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2449 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2450 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2451 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2452 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2453 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2454 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2455 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2456 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2457 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2458 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2459 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2460 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2461 void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
2462 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2464 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2465 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2466 enum AssignmentAction {
2474 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2477 /// C++ Overloading.
2479 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2480 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2483 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2484 /// an existing declaration.
2487 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2491 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2493 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2494 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2495 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2496 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2497 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2499 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2500 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2502 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2503 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2504 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2506 ImplicitConversionSequence
2507 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2508 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2510 bool InOverloadResolution,
2512 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2514 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2515 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2516 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2517 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2518 bool InOverloadResolution,
2519 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2520 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2521 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2522 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2523 QualType &ConvertedType);
2524 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2525 QualType& ConvertedType);
2526 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2527 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2528 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2529 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2530 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2532 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2533 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2534 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2536 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2537 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2538 bool Diagnose = true);
2539 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2540 bool InOverloadResolution,
2541 QualType &ConvertedType);
2542 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2544 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2545 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2546 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2547 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2548 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2549 QualType &ResultTy);
2550 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2551 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2553 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2554 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2555 QualType ResultType,
2557 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2559 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2561 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2562 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2564 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2565 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2566 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2567 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2568 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2569 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2571 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2572 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2574 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2576 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2577 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2578 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2579 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2580 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2582 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2583 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2584 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2585 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2587 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2588 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2589 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2592 bool SuppressConversion;
2594 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2595 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2596 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2598 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2599 /// for this conversion.
2600 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2602 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2603 /// integral or enumeration type.
2604 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2605 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2607 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2608 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2609 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2611 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2613 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2614 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2616 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2617 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2618 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2620 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2622 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2623 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2625 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2626 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2627 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2629 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2630 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2631 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2632 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2634 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2637 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2638 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2641 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2642 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2643 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2644 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2646 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2647 bool match(QualType T) override;
2649 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2650 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2651 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2654 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2655 /// integral or enumeration type.
2656 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2657 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2660 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2661 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2662 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2665 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2670 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2672 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2673 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2674 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2683 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2685 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2686 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2687 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2690 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2691 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2692 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2693 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2695 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2696 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2697 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2698 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2699 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2700 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2701 bool AllowExplicit = false,
2702 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2703 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2704 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2705 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2706 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2707 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2708 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2709 bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
2710 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2711 QualType ObjectType,
2712 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2713 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2714 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2715 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2716 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2718 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2719 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2720 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2721 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2722 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2723 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2724 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2725 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2726 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2727 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2728 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2729 QualType ObjectType,
2730 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2731 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2732 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2733 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2734 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2735 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2736 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2737 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2738 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2739 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2740 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2741 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2742 bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2743 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
2744 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2745 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2746 ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
2747 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2748 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr,
2749 QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
2750 Expr::Classification
2751 ObjectClassification = {});
2752 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2753 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2754 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2755 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2756 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2757 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2758 bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2759 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2760 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2761 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2762 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2763 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2764 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2765 bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2766 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2767 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2768 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2769 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2770 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2771 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2772 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2773 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2774 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2775 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2776 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2777 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2778 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2779 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2780 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2781 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2782 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2783 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2785 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2786 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2787 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2788 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2790 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2791 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2792 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2793 bool TakingAddress = false);
2795 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2796 // the expression Expr
2797 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2798 bool TakingAddress = false);
2800 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2801 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2802 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2803 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2805 /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
2806 /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
2808 /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the
2809 /// complete top-level condition.
2810 std::pair<Expr *, std::string>
2811 findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond);
2813 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2814 /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2816 /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
2817 /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
2819 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2820 bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2821 const Expr *ThisArg,
2822 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2823 SourceLocation Loc);
2825 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2826 /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2828 /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
2831 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2832 bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
2833 SourceLocation Loc);
2835 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2836 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2838 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2839 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2840 bool Complain = false,
2841 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2843 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2844 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2846 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2847 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2848 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2849 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2852 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2853 QualType TargetType,
2855 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2856 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2859 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2860 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2862 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
2863 ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
2866 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2867 bool Complain = false,
2868 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2870 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2871 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2872 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2873 bool Complain = false,
2874 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2875 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2876 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2879 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2880 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2882 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2883 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2886 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2887 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2888 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2889 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2891 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2892 // range-based for loop.
2893 enum ForRangeStatus {
2895 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2896 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2899 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2900 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2901 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2902 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2903 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2904 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2906 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2907 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2908 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2910 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2912 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2913 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2915 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2916 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2917 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2918 ExprResult *Result);
2920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2921 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2922 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2923 Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true);
2925 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2926 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2927 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2928 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
2929 bool RequiresADL = true);
2931 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2932 SourceLocation RLoc,
2933 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2936 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2937 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2939 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2941 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2943 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2945 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2946 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2947 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2949 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2950 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2951 /// that best represents the call.
2952 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2953 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2955 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2956 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2957 bool CheckParameterNames);
2958 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2959 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2960 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2962 /// \name Name lookup
2964 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2965 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2966 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2967 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2968 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2969 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2971 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2972 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2973 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2974 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2975 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2976 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2977 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2979 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2980 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2981 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2982 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2983 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2984 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2985 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2986 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2989 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2990 enum LookupNameKind {
2991 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2992 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2993 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2994 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2995 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2996 /// structs, and unions.
2998 /// Label name lookup.
3000 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
3001 /// class/struct/union members.
3003 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
3004 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
3005 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
3007 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
3008 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
3009 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
3010 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
3011 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
3012 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
3013 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
3014 LookupNamespaceName,
3015 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
3016 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
3017 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
3018 LookupUsingDeclName,
3019 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
3020 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
3021 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
3022 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
3023 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
3024 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
3025 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
3026 LookupLocalFriendName,
3027 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
3028 LookupObjCProtocolName,
3029 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
3030 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
3031 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
3032 LookupOMPReductionName,
3033 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
3037 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
3038 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
3039 enum RedeclarationKind {
3040 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
3041 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
3042 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
3043 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
3044 /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible.
3045 ForVisibleRedeclaration,
3046 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name
3047 /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage
3048 /// may also be found.
3049 ForExternalRedeclaration
3052 RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() {
3053 // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against
3054 // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if
3055 // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things
3056 // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general.
3057 if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)
3058 ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true))
3059 return ForVisibleRedeclaration;
3060 return ForExternalRedeclaration;
3063 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
3064 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
3065 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
3067 /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
3068 LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
3069 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
3070 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
3072 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
3073 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
3075 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3076 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
3077 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
3079 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3080 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
3081 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
3085 SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
3086 CXXSpecialMember SM,
3093 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
3094 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
3095 TypoRecoveryCallback;
3098 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
3100 struct TypoExprState {
3101 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
3102 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
3103 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
3105 TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3106 TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3109 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
3110 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
3112 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
3113 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
3114 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3115 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
3117 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
3119 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
3120 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
3121 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
3123 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
3125 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
3127 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
3128 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
3129 /// should be skipped entirely.
3130 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
3131 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3132 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3134 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3135 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
3136 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
3137 bool ErrorRecovery);
3140 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
3142 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
3143 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
3145 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
3146 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
3148 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
3149 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
3150 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
3152 LookupNameKind NameKind,
3153 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3154 = NotForRedeclaration);
3155 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
3156 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
3157 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3158 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
3159 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3161 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3162 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
3163 bool EnteringContext = false);
3164 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
3165 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3166 = NotForRedeclaration);
3167 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3169 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
3170 QualType T1, QualType T2,
3171 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
3173 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3174 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
3176 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3177 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3178 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3180 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3181 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3182 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3184 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3185 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3186 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3188 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
3189 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3190 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
3193 bool AllowStringTemplate,
3194 bool DiagnoseMissing);
3195 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
3197 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3198 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
3200 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
3201 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3202 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
3203 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
3204 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3205 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
3206 bool IncludeDependentBases = false);
3208 enum CorrectTypoKind {
3209 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
3210 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
3213 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3214 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3215 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3216 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3217 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3218 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3219 bool EnteringContext = false,
3220 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
3221 bool RecordFailure = true);
3223 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3224 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3226 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3227 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3228 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3229 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3230 bool EnteringContext = false,
3231 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
3233 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3234 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3235 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3236 /// more typos could not be corrected.
3238 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3240 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3243 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3244 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3245 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3246 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3248 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3249 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3250 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3253 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3254 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3255 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3259 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3260 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3261 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3262 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3266 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3267 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3268 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3271 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3272 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3273 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3275 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3276 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3277 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3278 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3280 void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
3282 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3283 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3284 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3285 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3287 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3288 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3290 bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
3292 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3295 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3296 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3297 bool TypoCorrection = false);
3298 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3299 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3300 SourceLocation Loc);
3301 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3303 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3305 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3307 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3308 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3309 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3310 // Helper for delayed processing of attributes.
3311 void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList);
3312 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3313 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3314 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3315 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3317 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3319 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3320 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3321 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3323 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3325 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3326 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3327 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3328 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3329 bool CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3330 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3331 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3332 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3333 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3334 bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3335 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3336 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3337 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3339 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3341 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3342 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3343 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3344 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3345 SourceLocation Loc);
3347 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3348 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3349 // one that came from a typedef.
3350 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3352 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3353 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3354 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3356 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3359 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3360 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3362 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3364 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3366 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3367 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3368 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3369 /// underscored type specifier.
3371 /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
3372 /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
3374 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3375 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3376 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3377 bool isContextSensitive,
3378 bool allowArrayTypes);
3380 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3381 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3384 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3385 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3386 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3388 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3389 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3390 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3392 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3393 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3394 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3395 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3396 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3398 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3400 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3401 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3402 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3403 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3404 SourceLocation Loc);
3406 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3407 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3408 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3409 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3410 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3412 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3413 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3414 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3415 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3416 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3418 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3419 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3421 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3422 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3423 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl,
3424 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
3425 SourceLocation AtEnd);
3426 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd);
3428 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3429 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3430 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3431 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3432 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3434 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3435 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3436 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3437 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3439 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3440 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3441 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3442 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3443 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3445 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3446 /// class extensions.
3447 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3448 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3449 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3450 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3452 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3454 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3455 const bool isReadWrite,
3456 unsigned &Attributes,
3457 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3459 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3460 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3462 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3463 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3464 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3465 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3466 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3467 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3468 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3470 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3472 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3473 const bool isReadWrite,
3474 const unsigned Attributes,
3475 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3477 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3478 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3479 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3481 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3482 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3483 /// setter or getter.
3484 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3485 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3487 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3489 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3490 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3491 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3493 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3495 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3500 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3501 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3502 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3503 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3504 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3506 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3507 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3508 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3509 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3510 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3511 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3512 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3513 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3514 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3515 bool ImmediateClass,
3516 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3518 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3519 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3520 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3521 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3523 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3524 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3527 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3528 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3529 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3531 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3532 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3533 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3534 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3538 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3539 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3540 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3541 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3544 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3545 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3546 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3547 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3550 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3551 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3552 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3555 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3556 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3557 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3560 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3561 /// nullptr if none could be found
3562 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3564 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3567 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3568 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3569 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3571 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3572 return TypoCorrection();
3576 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3577 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3578 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3579 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3580 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3581 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3584 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3585 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3586 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3589 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3591 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3593 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3594 /// there are multiple signatures.
3595 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3596 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3597 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3601 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3602 /// there are multiple signatures.
3603 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3604 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3605 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3609 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3610 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3611 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3613 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3615 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3617 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3618 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3620 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3621 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3625 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3626 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3628 ExprResult release() {
3632 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3634 Expr *operator->() {
3639 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3640 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3643 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3648 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3649 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3651 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3652 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3654 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3656 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3657 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3658 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3661 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3662 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3664 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3665 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3667 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3668 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3669 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3670 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3672 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3673 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3675 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3676 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3679 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3680 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3687 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3688 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3691 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3692 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3694 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3696 void disable() { Active = false; }
3699 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3700 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3701 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3702 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3703 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3704 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3705 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3706 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3707 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3709 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3710 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3711 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3712 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3713 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3715 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3716 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3719 class ConditionResult;
3720 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3722 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3723 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3724 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3726 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3727 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3728 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3730 ConditionResult Cond);
3731 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3732 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3733 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3735 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3736 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3737 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3739 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3740 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3742 ConditionResult Second,
3744 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3746 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3748 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3749 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3750 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3751 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3753 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3754 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3756 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3757 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3759 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3760 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3764 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3765 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3767 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3768 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3769 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3770 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3771 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3772 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3773 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3774 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3776 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3777 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3778 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3780 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3781 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3782 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3783 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3784 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3786 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3787 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3789 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3790 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3791 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3792 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3793 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3794 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3795 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3796 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3797 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3799 unsigned NumParams);
3800 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3801 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3802 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3803 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3805 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3807 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3808 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3810 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3811 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3812 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3813 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3814 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3815 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3817 void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
3818 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
3819 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3822 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3823 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3824 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3825 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3826 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3827 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3828 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3829 StringRef AsmString,
3830 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3831 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3832 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3833 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3834 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3835 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3836 SourceLocation Location,
3839 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3840 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3841 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3842 bool Invalid = false);
3844 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3846 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3847 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3849 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3851 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3852 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3854 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3855 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3857 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3859 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3863 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3865 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3866 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3867 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3868 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3870 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3872 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3873 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3874 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3875 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3877 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3878 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3880 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3883 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3884 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3885 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3886 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3888 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3890 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3892 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3894 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3896 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3897 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3898 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3899 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3900 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3902 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3903 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3905 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3908 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3912 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3913 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3914 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3915 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3917 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3918 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3919 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3921 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3923 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3924 SourceLocation Loc);
3926 /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
3927 void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
3929 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3930 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3932 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3934 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3935 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3936 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3938 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3939 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3942 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3944 void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3945 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3946 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
3947 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false);
3949 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3950 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3952 /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
3953 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
3955 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3956 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3958 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3959 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3960 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
3961 bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
3962 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false);
3963 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3964 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3965 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3966 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3967 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3968 SourceLocation Loc);
3969 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3970 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3972 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3973 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3974 bool IsDecltype = false);
3975 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3976 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3977 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3978 bool IsDecltype = false);
3979 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3981 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3983 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3984 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3986 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3988 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3989 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3990 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3991 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3992 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3993 // named expressions.
3995 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3996 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3997 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3998 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3999 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
4000 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
4001 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
4002 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
4003 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
4004 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
4005 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
4007 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
4008 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
4010 enum TryCaptureKind {
4011 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
4014 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
4016 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
4018 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
4020 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
4021 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
4023 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
4024 /// an explicit lambda capture.
4026 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
4027 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
4028 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
4029 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
4031 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
4032 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
4033 /// variable can be captured.
4035 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
4036 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
4039 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4040 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4041 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4042 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4043 /// a nested generic lambda.
4045 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
4046 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
4047 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
4048 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
4049 QualType &CaptureType,
4050 QualType &DeclRefType,
4051 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
4053 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
4054 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
4055 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
4056 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
4058 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
4059 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4061 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
4062 /// variable will have in the given scope.
4063 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4065 /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
4066 /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
4067 /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
4068 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
4069 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
4070 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
4072 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
4073 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
4074 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
4075 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
4076 bool ForceComplain = false,
4077 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
4079 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
4080 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
4081 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
4083 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
4084 /// evaluation context.
4086 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
4087 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
4088 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
4089 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
4090 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
4091 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
4093 // Primary Expressions.
4094 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
4096 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
4097 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4098 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
4099 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
4100 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
4102 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
4103 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
4104 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4105 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
4108 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
4109 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4110 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
4111 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
4113 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
4115 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
4117 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4118 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4119 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4120 bool isAddressOfOperand,
4121 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4123 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
4126 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4128 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
4129 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4130 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
4131 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
4134 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4135 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4136 SourceLocation nameLoc,
4137 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
4138 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
4139 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
4140 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
4142 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4143 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4145 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4147 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4148 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4150 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4151 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
4153 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4154 const LookupResult &R,
4155 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4158 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4159 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4160 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
4161 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
4163 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4164 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4165 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4166 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4168 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4171 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4172 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
4173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
4174 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4175 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
4176 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4178 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
4179 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
4180 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4181 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
4182 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
4184 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
4185 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
4186 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4187 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
4189 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
4191 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4192 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
4193 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4194 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
4195 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4199 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
4200 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
4201 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
4202 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4204 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4205 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4206 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4207 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4208 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
4209 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
4210 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4211 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4212 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4213 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4214 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
4215 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
4217 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4218 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
4220 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4221 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
4222 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4223 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
4225 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
4227 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4228 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4229 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4231 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4232 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4234 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4235 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4236 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
4237 SourceRange ArgRange);
4239 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
4240 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
4242 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4243 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4244 SourceRange ExprRange,
4245 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4246 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
4247 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4248 IdentifierInfo &Name,
4249 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4250 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4251 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4252 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
4254 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4255 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4256 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4257 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4258 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4259 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4260 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4262 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4263 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4264 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4265 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4266 // defines a custom operator->).
4267 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4273 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4274 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4275 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4276 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4277 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4279 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4282 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4283 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4284 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4285 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4286 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4288 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4289 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4291 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4292 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4293 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4294 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4295 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4297 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4299 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4300 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4301 const LookupResult &R);
4303 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4304 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4305 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4306 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4307 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4308 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4309 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4311 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4312 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4313 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4315 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4316 UnqualifiedId &Member,
4319 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4320 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4321 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4322 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4323 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4324 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4325 bool ExecConfig = false);
4326 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4328 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4330 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4331 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4333 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4334 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4335 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4336 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4337 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4338 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4339 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4340 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4341 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4342 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4344 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4345 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4346 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4348 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4349 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4350 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4351 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4353 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4355 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4357 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4358 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4359 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4362 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4364 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4366 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4369 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4370 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4371 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4374 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4375 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4376 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4378 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4384 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4387 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4388 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4389 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4390 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4391 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4392 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4394 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4396 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4397 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4398 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4399 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4400 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4402 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4403 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4404 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4406 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4407 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4408 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4409 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4411 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4412 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4413 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4414 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4416 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4421 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4422 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4424 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4425 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4426 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4427 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4428 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4429 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4430 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4431 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4433 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4434 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4435 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4436 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4438 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4439 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4440 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4441 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4445 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4447 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4449 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4450 enum IfExistsResult {
4451 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4454 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4457 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4458 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4461 /// \brief An error occurred.
4466 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4467 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4470 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4471 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4472 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4474 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4476 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4477 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4479 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4481 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4484 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4486 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4488 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4490 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4491 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4492 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4495 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4496 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4497 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4499 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4500 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4501 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4504 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4506 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4507 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4508 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4509 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4511 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4513 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4514 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4515 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4516 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4518 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4520 // Act on C++ namespaces
4521 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4522 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4523 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4524 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4525 SourceLocation LBrace,
4526 AttributeList *AttrList,
4527 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4528 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4530 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4531 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4533 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4535 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4536 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4538 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4539 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4540 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4542 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4543 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4545 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4546 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4548 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4549 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4550 bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
4552 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4553 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4554 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4556 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4557 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4558 AttributeList *AttrList);
4560 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4562 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4563 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4564 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4565 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4567 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4568 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4570 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4571 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4572 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4573 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4574 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4576 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4578 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4579 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4580 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4581 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4582 const LookupResult &Previous);
4583 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4585 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4586 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4587 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4589 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4590 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4591 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4592 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4594 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4595 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4596 AttributeList *AttrList,
4597 bool IsInstantiation);
4598 NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
4599 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
4601 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4603 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4604 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4605 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4606 CXXConstructorDecl *
4607 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4608 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4610 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4612 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4613 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4615 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4616 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4617 AttributeList *AttrList);
4618 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4620 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4621 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4622 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4623 AttributeList *AttrList,
4625 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4627 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4628 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4630 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4632 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4633 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4634 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4635 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4636 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4637 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4638 SourceRange ParenRange);
4640 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4641 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4643 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4644 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4646 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4647 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4648 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4649 SourceRange ParenRange);
4651 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4652 // the constructor can be elidable?
4654 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4655 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4656 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4657 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4658 bool IsListInitialization,
4659 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4660 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4662 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4665 /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
4666 /// Return true on error.
4667 bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4668 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4670 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4671 /// the default expr if needed.
4672 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4674 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4676 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4677 /// constructed variable.
4678 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4680 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4681 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4682 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4683 // Pointer to allow copying
4685 // We order exception specifications thus:
4686 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4687 // throw() comes next.
4688 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4689 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4690 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4691 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4692 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4693 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4695 void ClearExceptions() {
4696 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4701 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4702 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4703 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4704 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4707 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4708 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4709 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4710 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4714 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4715 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4717 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4718 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4720 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4721 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4723 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4724 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4726 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4727 /// computed exception specification.
4728 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4729 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4730 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4731 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4732 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4733 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4734 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4735 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4736 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4737 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4738 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4739 tok::kw_false).get();
4745 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4746 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4747 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4748 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4751 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4752 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4754 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4755 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4757 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4758 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4759 /// parameter will be const.
4760 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4761 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4763 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4764 /// constructor of a class will have.
4765 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4766 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4768 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4769 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4770 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4771 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4773 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4774 /// destructor of a class will have.
4775 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4776 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4778 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4779 /// constructor of a class will have.
4780 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4781 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4782 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4784 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4785 /// special member function.
4786 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4788 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4789 /// exception specification information with the results.
4790 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4791 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4792 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4793 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4795 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4796 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4798 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4799 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4800 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4802 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4803 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4804 /// after the method itself was declared.
4805 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4806 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4807 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4808 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4809 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4810 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4812 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4814 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4815 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4816 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4817 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4818 bool Diagnose = false);
4820 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4822 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4823 /// default constructor will be added.
4825 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4826 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4827 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4829 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4830 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4831 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4832 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4834 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4836 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4837 /// destructor will be added.
4839 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4840 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4842 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4843 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4844 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4845 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4847 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4849 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4850 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4851 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4852 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4854 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4855 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4856 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4858 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4860 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4861 /// copy constructor will be added.
4863 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4864 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4866 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4867 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4868 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4869 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4871 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4873 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4874 /// move constructor will be added.
4876 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4878 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4880 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4881 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4882 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4883 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4885 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4887 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4888 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4890 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4891 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4893 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4894 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4895 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4897 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4899 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4900 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4902 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4903 /// wasn't declared.
4904 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4906 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4907 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4908 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4910 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4912 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4914 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4915 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4917 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4918 /// special member function.
4919 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4921 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4922 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4924 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4925 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4927 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4928 /// member function.
4929 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4931 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4932 /// static member function.
4934 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4935 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4937 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4938 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4939 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4940 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4942 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4943 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4945 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4946 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4947 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4949 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4950 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4951 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4953 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4954 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4955 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4956 ParsedType ObjectType,
4957 bool EnteringContext);
4959 ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
4960 ParsedType ObjectType);
4962 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4963 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4964 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4966 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4967 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4968 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4969 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4971 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4972 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4974 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4976 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4977 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4980 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4981 SourceRange Parens);
4983 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4984 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4985 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4986 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4987 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4988 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4990 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4992 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4993 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4994 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4996 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4998 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4999 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5000 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
5001 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5002 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
5003 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5005 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5007 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
5008 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5009 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
5011 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5013 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
5014 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5015 tok::TokenKind Operator,
5016 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5017 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5018 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5019 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
5020 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5021 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5022 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5023 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
5025 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
5026 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
5028 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
5030 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
5031 QualType getCurrentThisType();
5033 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
5034 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
5035 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
5036 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
5038 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
5039 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
5040 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
5042 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
5046 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
5047 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
5048 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
5049 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
5050 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
5051 bool Enabled = true);
5053 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
5056 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
5057 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
5059 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
5061 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
5064 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
5065 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
5066 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
5067 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
5068 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
5069 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
5070 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
5071 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
5072 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
5073 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
5074 bool ByCopy = false);
5076 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
5077 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
5079 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
5081 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
5082 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5085 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
5086 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5089 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
5090 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
5092 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
5093 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
5095 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
5096 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
5097 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
5098 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
5099 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
5101 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
5102 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
5103 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
5104 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
5105 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
5106 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5108 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5110 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
5111 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5113 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5115 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
5116 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
5117 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5118 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5119 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5120 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
5122 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
5123 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5124 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5125 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5126 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
5128 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
5130 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
5133 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
5135 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
5136 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
5137 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
5138 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
5139 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
5140 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
5141 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
5142 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
5144 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
5145 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
5146 bool Diagnose = true);
5147 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5148 bool CanProvideSize,
5150 DeclarationName Name);
5151 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5154 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
5155 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5156 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
5158 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
5159 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
5160 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
5161 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
5163 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
5164 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
5165 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
5166 SourceLocation RParen);
5168 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
5169 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5170 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
5171 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5172 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5173 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
5174 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5176 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
5177 /// pseudo-functions.
5178 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5179 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5182 SourceLocation RParen);
5184 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5185 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5186 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5188 SourceLocation RParen);
5190 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
5191 /// pseudo-functions.
5192 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5193 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5195 SourceLocation RParen);
5197 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5198 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5200 SourceLocation RParen);
5202 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
5204 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5205 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5206 ParsedType &ObjectType,
5207 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
5209 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5210 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5211 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5212 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5213 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
5214 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5215 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5216 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
5218 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5219 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5220 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5222 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5223 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5224 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5225 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
5227 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5228 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5229 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5230 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5231 const DeclSpec& DS);
5233 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
5234 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
5235 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
5236 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
5237 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
5238 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
5240 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
5241 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
5242 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
5244 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
5245 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
5246 : SourceLocation());
5248 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
5249 bool DiscardedValue = false,
5250 bool IsConstexpr = false,
5251 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
5252 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
5254 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
5255 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
5257 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
5258 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5259 bool EnteringContext = false);
5260 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5261 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5263 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5265 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5267 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5268 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5270 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5271 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5273 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5275 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5277 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5279 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5280 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5282 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5283 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5284 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5286 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5287 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5288 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5290 /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5292 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5293 /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5294 /// a member access expression.
5295 ParsedType ObjectType;
5297 /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'.
5298 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5300 /// \brief The location of the identifier.
5301 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5303 /// \brief The location of the '::'.
5304 SourceLocation CCLoc;
5306 /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case.
5307 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5308 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
5309 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5310 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5313 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5314 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5315 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5316 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5320 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5321 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5323 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5324 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5325 bool EnteringContext,
5327 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5328 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5329 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5330 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5332 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5334 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5336 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5337 /// nested-name-spec.
5339 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5340 /// this nested-name-specifier.
5342 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5343 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5344 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5345 /// including this new type).
5347 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5348 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5350 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5351 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5352 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5354 /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
5356 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5357 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5358 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5359 bool EnteringContext,
5361 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5362 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5363 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5365 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5367 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5369 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5371 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5372 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5373 bool EnteringContext);
5375 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5376 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5378 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5380 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5381 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5382 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5383 /// including this new type).
5385 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5386 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5387 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5388 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5389 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5390 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5391 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5393 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5394 /// nested-name-specifier.
5397 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5398 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5400 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5401 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5402 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5403 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5404 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5405 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5406 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5407 bool EnteringContext);
5409 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5410 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5411 /// nested-name-specifier.
5413 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5415 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5416 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5417 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5419 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5420 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5422 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5423 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5425 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5427 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5428 /// of the annotation pointer.
5429 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5430 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5433 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5435 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5436 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5437 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5438 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5439 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5440 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5441 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5443 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5444 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5445 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5446 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5448 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5450 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5451 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5452 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5453 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5455 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5457 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5458 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5459 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5461 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5462 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5463 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5464 bool KnownDependent,
5465 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5467 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5468 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5469 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5470 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5471 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5472 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5473 bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5475 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5476 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5477 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5478 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5479 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5480 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5481 bool ExplicitParams,
5482 bool ExplicitResultType,
5485 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5486 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5487 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5488 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5489 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5490 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5491 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5492 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5494 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5496 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5498 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5499 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5501 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5502 /// variables appropriately.
5503 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5504 QualType InitCaptureType,
5506 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5508 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5509 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5511 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5513 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5515 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5516 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5518 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5519 /// statements present in the body.
5520 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5522 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5523 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5524 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5526 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5527 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5529 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5530 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5531 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5532 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5534 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5535 /// was successfully completed.
5536 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5539 /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
5540 bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5542 /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused.
5543 void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5545 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5547 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5548 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5550 /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to
5551 /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator.
5553 getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType);
5555 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5556 /// function pointer.
5558 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5559 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5560 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5561 /// block pointer conversion.
5562 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5563 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5565 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5568 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5569 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5570 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5571 /// block pointer conversion.
5572 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5573 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5575 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5576 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5577 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5580 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5581 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5582 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5584 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5586 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5587 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5588 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5589 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5590 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5592 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5594 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5595 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5596 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5597 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5598 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5599 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5601 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5603 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5604 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5606 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5607 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5609 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5610 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5611 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5612 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5613 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5614 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5616 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5617 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5618 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5620 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5622 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5623 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5624 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5625 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5626 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5627 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5628 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5630 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5631 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5632 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5633 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5634 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5635 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5636 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5638 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5641 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5642 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5644 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5645 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5647 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5650 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5653 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5654 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5655 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5657 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5658 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5659 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5660 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5662 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5664 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5665 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5666 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5668 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5669 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5670 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5673 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5676 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5677 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5679 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5680 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5681 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5682 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5683 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5685 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5688 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5689 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5691 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5693 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5695 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5698 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5699 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5701 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5703 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5705 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5707 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5709 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5710 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5712 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5713 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5715 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5717 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5719 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5720 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5722 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5723 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5725 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5728 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5729 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5731 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5732 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5734 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5735 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5736 /// first use occurred.
5737 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5739 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5741 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5743 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5744 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5745 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5746 /// by code generation).
5747 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5749 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5750 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5752 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5754 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5755 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5757 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5758 /// in the given class as needed.
5759 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5760 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5762 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5763 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5764 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5765 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5767 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5768 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5771 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5772 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5774 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5776 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5777 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5778 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5781 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5782 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5783 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5784 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5786 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5788 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5789 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5790 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5791 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5793 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5794 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5796 SourceLocation LBrac,
5797 SourceLocation RBrac,
5798 AttributeList *AttrList);
5799 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5800 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5802 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5803 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5804 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5805 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5806 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5807 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5808 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5809 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5810 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5811 CachedTokens &Toks);
5812 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5813 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5815 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5817 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5818 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5819 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5821 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5822 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5825 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5826 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5827 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5828 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5829 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5830 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5831 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5833 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5835 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5836 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5838 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5839 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5841 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5842 void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5844 void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
5846 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5847 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5848 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5849 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5851 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5852 // C++ Derived Classes
5855 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5856 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5857 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5858 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5860 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5862 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5863 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5864 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5865 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5866 ParsedType basetype,
5867 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5868 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5870 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5871 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5872 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5873 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5875 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5876 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5877 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5879 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5880 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5882 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5883 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5884 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5885 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5886 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5887 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5888 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5889 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5890 DeclarationName Name,
5891 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5892 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5894 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5896 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5897 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5899 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5900 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5901 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5902 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5904 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5905 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5906 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5907 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5909 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5911 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5912 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5914 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5915 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5916 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5918 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5919 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5920 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5921 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5922 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5925 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5926 // C++ Access Control
5936 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5937 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5938 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5940 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5941 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5942 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5943 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5944 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5945 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5946 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5947 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5948 bool Diagnose = true);
5949 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5950 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5951 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5952 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5953 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5954 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5955 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5956 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5957 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5958 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5959 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5960 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5961 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5962 QualType objectType = QualType());
5963 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5964 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5965 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5966 DeclAccessPair Found);
5967 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5970 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5971 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5972 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5973 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5974 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5975 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5977 bool ForceCheck = false,
5978 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5979 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5980 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5981 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5982 AccessSpecifier access,
5983 QualType objectType);
5985 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5986 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5987 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5988 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5990 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5992 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5993 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5994 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5996 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
6000 AbstractVariableType,
6003 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
6007 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
6008 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
6009 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
6010 template <typename... Ts>
6011 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
6012 const Ts &...Args) {
6013 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
6014 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
6017 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
6019 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6020 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
6023 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6025 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6027 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6028 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
6030 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6031 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6032 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6033 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6035 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6036 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6037 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
6039 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
6041 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
6042 UnqualifiedId &Name,
6043 ParsedType ObjectType,
6044 bool EnteringContext,
6045 TemplateTy &Template,
6046 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
6048 /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
6049 /// deduction-guide declaration.
6050 bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
6051 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6052 ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
6054 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
6055 SourceLocation IILoc,
6057 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
6058 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
6059 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
6061 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6062 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
6063 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
6064 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
6065 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
6066 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6067 bool Complain = true);
6069 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
6070 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
6072 NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
6073 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6074 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
6075 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6076 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6077 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
6078 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6079 ParsedType DefaultArg);
6081 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
6082 SourceLocation Loc);
6083 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
6085 NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6088 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6090 NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
6091 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
6092 TemplateParameterList *Params,
6093 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6094 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6095 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6098 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6099 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
6101 TemplateParameterList *
6102 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
6103 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
6104 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6105 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6106 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
6107 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6108 Expr *RequiresClause);
6110 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
6111 enum TemplateParamListContext {
6114 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
6115 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
6116 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
6117 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
6118 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
6119 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
6122 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
6123 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
6124 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
6125 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6126 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
6127 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
6128 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
6129 bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
6131 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
6132 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6133 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
6134 AttributeList *Attr,
6135 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6137 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6138 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
6139 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
6140 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
6141 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6143 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6145 SourceLocation Loc);
6147 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
6148 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
6150 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
6152 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
6153 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6154 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6157 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6158 TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6159 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6160 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6161 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6162 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6163 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
6164 bool IsClassName = false);
6166 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
6167 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
6168 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
6169 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
6170 SourceLocation TagLoc,
6172 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6173 TemplateTy TemplateD,
6174 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6175 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6176 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
6177 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6179 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6180 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
6181 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6182 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
6184 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6185 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6186 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6187 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6189 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6190 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6191 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6192 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6193 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6195 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6196 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6199 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6201 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6202 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6203 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6204 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6206 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(
6207 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6208 UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6209 TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
6212 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
6213 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6214 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6215 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
6216 AttributeList *Attr,
6217 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6218 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6220 bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6221 TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
6222 unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
6223 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
6224 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6225 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6226 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6227 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6229 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
6230 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6234 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
6235 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
6236 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
6237 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
6238 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
6241 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6242 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6243 LookupResult &Previous);
6245 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6246 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6247 LookupResult &Previous);
6248 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6249 void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6252 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6253 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6254 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6256 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6257 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6258 TemplateTy Template,
6259 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6260 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6261 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6262 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6263 AttributeList *Attr);
6266 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6267 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6268 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6270 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6272 IdentifierInfo *Name,
6273 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6274 AttributeList *Attr);
6276 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6277 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6278 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6282 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
6283 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6284 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6286 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
6288 bool &HasDefaultArg);
6290 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
6291 /// argument is being checked.
6292 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
6293 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
6294 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
6297 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
6301 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6302 /// via template argument deduction.
6303 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6306 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6307 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6308 NamedDecl *Template,
6309 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6310 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6311 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6312 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6313 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6315 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6316 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6318 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6321 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6323 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6324 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6325 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6328 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6329 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6330 /// set of template arguments.
6332 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6335 /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
6336 /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
6337 /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
6339 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6340 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6341 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6342 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6343 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6344 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6345 bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true);
6347 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6348 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6349 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6351 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6352 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6353 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6354 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6355 TemplateArgument &Converted,
6356 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6357 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6358 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6359 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
6362 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6364 SourceLocation Loc);
6366 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6367 SourceLocation Loc);
6369 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6371 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6372 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6373 /// that might be redeclarations.
6376 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6377 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6381 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6382 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6383 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6386 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6387 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6389 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6391 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6392 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6393 /// template parameter.
6396 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6397 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6398 /// X<integer_c> xic;
6400 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6403 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6404 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6406 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6407 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6408 = SourceLocation());
6410 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6412 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6413 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6415 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6416 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6417 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6418 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6419 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6421 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6422 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6423 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6425 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6426 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6427 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6429 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6430 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6431 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6432 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6433 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6434 /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
6435 /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
6436 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6437 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6438 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6440 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6441 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6442 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6443 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6444 IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6445 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6446 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6447 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6448 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6450 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6451 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6452 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6453 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6454 SourceLocation IILoc);
6456 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6458 DeclarationName Name);
6459 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6461 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6462 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6463 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6466 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6467 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6470 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6471 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6474 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6475 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6476 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6478 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6479 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6480 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6482 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6483 /// being diagnosed.
6485 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6486 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6487 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6488 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6489 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6491 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6494 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6495 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6497 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6498 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6500 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6503 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6504 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6506 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6507 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6509 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6510 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6512 /// \brief A using declaration.
6513 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6515 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6516 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6518 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6519 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6521 /// \brief An initializer.
6524 /// \brief A default argument.
6525 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6527 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6528 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6530 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6533 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6534 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6536 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6539 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6542 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6545 /// \brief Block expression,
6549 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6551 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6553 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6554 /// parameter packs.
6556 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6558 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6559 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6560 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6561 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6563 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6564 /// diagnose the error.
6566 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6568 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6571 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6572 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6573 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6575 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6576 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6578 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6579 /// parameter packs.
6581 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6582 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6583 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6585 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6586 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6588 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6589 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6591 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6592 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6593 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6595 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6596 /// diagnose the error.
6598 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6599 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6601 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6602 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6603 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6605 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6606 /// diagnose the error.
6608 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6610 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6611 /// parameter packs.
6613 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6614 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6615 TemplateName Template,
6616 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6618 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6619 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6621 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6622 /// parameter packs.
6624 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6625 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6626 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6628 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6629 /// template argument.
6631 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6632 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6633 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6634 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6636 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6637 /// template argument.
6639 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6640 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6641 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6642 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6644 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6647 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6648 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6649 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6650 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6652 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6655 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6656 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6657 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6658 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6660 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6661 /// nested-name-specifier.
6663 /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6664 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6665 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6666 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6668 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6671 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6672 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6673 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6674 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6676 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6677 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6679 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6680 /// may already be invalid.
6682 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6683 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6684 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6686 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6687 /// creates a pack expansion.
6689 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6690 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6692 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6693 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6695 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6697 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6699 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6701 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6703 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6704 SourceRange PatternRange,
6705 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6706 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6708 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6709 /// creates a pack expansion.
6711 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6712 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6714 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6715 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6717 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6718 /// creates a pack expansion.
6720 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6721 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6723 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6724 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6725 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6727 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6728 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6729 /// transforming the pattern.
6731 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6734 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6735 /// the pack expansion.
6737 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6740 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6741 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6742 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6744 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6745 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6746 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6747 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6749 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6750 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6751 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6752 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6753 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6754 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6755 /// set this value in other cases.
6757 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6758 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6759 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6761 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6762 SourceRange PatternRange,
6763 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6764 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6766 bool &RetainExpansion,
6767 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6769 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6772 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6773 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6775 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6776 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6777 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6779 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6780 /// parameter packs.
6782 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6783 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6789 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6790 /// a variadic function.
6792 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6793 /// false otherwise.
6794 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6796 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6798 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6800 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6802 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6803 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6804 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6805 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6806 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6807 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6809 /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
6810 /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
6811 /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
6813 /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
6814 /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
6815 Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
6817 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6818 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6819 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6821 /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
6822 /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
6823 /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
6825 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
6826 bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
6828 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6830 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6831 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6832 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6833 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6834 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6835 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6836 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6837 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6838 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6840 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6842 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6843 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6844 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6845 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6846 /// for every template parameter.
6848 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6849 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6851 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6852 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6853 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6854 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6856 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6857 /// resulted in an error.
6858 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6859 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6860 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6861 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6862 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
6863 /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
6864 /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
6865 TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
6866 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6867 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6868 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6869 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6870 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6871 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6872 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6873 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6874 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6875 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6876 /// template arguments for the given template.
6877 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6878 /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
6879 TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
6880 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6881 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
6882 /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match.
6883 TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
6886 TemplateDeductionResult
6887 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6888 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6889 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6891 TemplateDeductionResult
6892 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6893 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6894 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6896 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6897 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6898 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6899 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6900 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6901 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6903 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6904 // deduction for a call.
6905 struct OriginalCallArg {
6906 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
6907 unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
6908 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
6909 DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6910 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
6912 QualType OriginalParamType;
6913 bool DecomposedParam;
6915 QualType OriginalArgType;
6918 TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
6919 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6920 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6921 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6922 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6923 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6924 bool PartialOverloading = false,
6925 llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
6927 TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
6928 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6929 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6930 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6931 bool PartialOverloading,
6932 llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
6934 TemplateDeductionResult
6935 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6936 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6937 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6938 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6939 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6940 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6942 TemplateDeductionResult
6943 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6945 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6946 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6948 TemplateDeductionResult
6949 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6950 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6951 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6952 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6953 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6955 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6956 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6957 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6958 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6959 QualType Replacement);
6960 /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
6961 /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
6962 QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6964 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6965 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6968 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6972 DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6973 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6975 DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6976 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6977 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6978 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6979 bool Diagnose = true);
6981 /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
6982 /// not already done so.
6983 void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
6984 SourceLocation Loc);
6986 QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
6987 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
6988 const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
6990 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6991 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6992 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6995 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6997 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6998 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6999 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
7001 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
7002 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
7004 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
7005 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
7006 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
7007 UnresolvedSetIterator
7008 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
7009 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
7011 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
7012 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
7013 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
7014 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
7016 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
7017 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
7018 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
7019 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
7020 SourceLocation Loc);
7022 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
7023 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7025 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
7026 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
7027 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
7029 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
7030 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7032 bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
7033 TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
7035 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7038 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
7039 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
7040 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7041 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
7042 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
7044 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
7045 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7046 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
7048 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7049 // C++ Template Instantiation
7052 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
7053 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
7054 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
7055 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
7056 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
7058 /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
7059 /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
7060 /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
7061 struct CodeSynthesisContext {
7062 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
7063 enum SynthesisKind {
7064 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
7065 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
7066 TemplateInstantiation,
7068 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
7069 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
7070 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
7071 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
7073 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
7075 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
7076 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
7077 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
7078 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
7080 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
7081 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
7082 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7084 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
7085 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
7086 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
7087 /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
7089 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7091 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
7092 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
7093 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
7094 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
7096 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
7097 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
7098 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
7100 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
7101 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
7102 ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
7104 /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
7105 DeclaringSpecialMember,
7107 /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special
7109 DefiningSynthesizedFunction,
7112 /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context?
7113 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7115 /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
7116 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
7118 /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized.
7121 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
7122 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
7124 NamedDecl *Template;
7126 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
7127 /// are not part of the entity.
7128 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
7130 // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
7131 // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
7133 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
7134 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
7136 /// \brief The special member being declared or defined.
7137 CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember;
7140 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
7141 assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
7142 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
7145 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
7146 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
7147 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
7149 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
7150 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
7151 /// template instantiation.
7152 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
7154 CodeSynthesisContext()
7155 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr),
7156 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
7158 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
7159 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
7160 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
7163 /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts.
7165 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
7166 /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
7167 SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
7169 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
7170 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
7172 /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
7173 /// by some template instantiation.
7174 llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
7176 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
7177 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
7178 SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
7180 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
7181 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
7182 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
7183 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
7185 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
7186 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
7187 /// template defined within it.
7188 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
7190 /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
7191 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
7192 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
7194 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
7195 /// template instantiation.
7197 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
7198 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
7199 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7201 /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
7202 /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
7203 /// instantiation depth.
7205 /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
7206 /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
7207 // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
7208 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
7210 /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
7211 /// error or warning was produced.
7213 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
7214 /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
7215 // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
7216 unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
7218 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
7219 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
7221 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
7222 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
7223 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
7224 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
7226 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
7227 /// within a \c Sema object.
7229 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
7230 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
7232 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
7235 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
7236 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
7237 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
7240 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
7241 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
7245 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
7247 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
7248 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
7251 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
7252 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
7253 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
7254 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
7256 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
7259 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
7260 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
7261 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
7262 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
7263 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
7265 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
7267 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
7268 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
7269 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
7270 /// or a member thereof.
7271 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7273 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7275 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
7276 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
7277 /// of a function template.
7278 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7279 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
7280 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7282 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
7284 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7285 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
7286 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7287 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7289 /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
7290 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
7291 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7292 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7293 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7294 CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7295 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7296 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7298 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7299 /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
7300 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7301 TemplateDecl *Template,
7302 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7303 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7304 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7306 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7307 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
7309 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7310 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7311 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7312 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7313 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7315 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7316 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
7318 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7319 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7320 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7321 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7322 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7324 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
7326 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7328 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7329 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7331 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7332 /// non-type parameter.
7333 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7334 NamedDecl *Template,
7335 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7336 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7337 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7339 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7340 /// template template parameter.
7341 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7342 NamedDecl *Template,
7343 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7344 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7345 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7347 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
7348 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
7349 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7350 TemplateDecl *Template,
7352 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7353 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7356 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
7359 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
7361 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
7362 /// recursive template instantiations.
7363 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
7365 /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this
7366 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
7367 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
7372 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
7373 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7374 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7376 InstantiatingTemplate(
7377 Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7378 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
7379 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
7380 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
7381 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
7383 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7385 InstantiatingTemplate&
7386 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7389 void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
7390 void popCodeSynthesisContext();
7392 /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
7393 bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
7394 return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
7397 void PrintContextStack() {
7398 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
7399 CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
7400 PrintInstantiationStack();
7401 LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
7403 if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
7404 PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7406 void PrintInstantiationStack();
7408 void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7410 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
7411 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
7414 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
7415 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
7416 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
7417 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
7418 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
7420 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
7421 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
7422 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
7423 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
7424 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
7425 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
7428 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
7429 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
7433 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
7434 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7435 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7436 bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored;
7439 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
7440 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
7441 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
7442 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
7443 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE),
7444 PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored(
7445 SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored())
7447 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
7448 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
7449 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7453 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
7454 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
7455 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7456 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7457 SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored(
7458 PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored);
7461 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
7462 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
7463 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
7467 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
7468 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
7469 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7470 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7471 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7473 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7475 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7477 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7478 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7479 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7480 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7482 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7483 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7487 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
7489 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7491 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7493 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7495 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7496 unsigned TyposCorrected;
7498 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7499 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7501 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7502 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7503 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7504 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7506 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7507 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7508 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7510 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7512 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7513 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7514 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7515 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7516 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7517 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7518 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7520 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7521 /// but have not yet been performed.
7522 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7524 class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope {
7526 GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7527 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7528 if (!Enabled) return;
7530 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7531 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7536 S.DefineUsedVTables();
7537 S.PerformPendingInstantiations();
7541 ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() {
7542 if (!Enabled) return;
7544 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7545 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7546 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7547 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7549 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7550 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7551 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7552 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7557 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7558 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7562 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7563 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7565 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7566 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7567 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7568 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7569 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7571 class LocalEagerInstantiationScope {
7573 LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) {
7574 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7575 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7578 void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); }
7580 ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() {
7581 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7582 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7583 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7584 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7589 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7590 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7593 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7594 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7595 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7596 bool HasInteresting = false;
7599 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7601 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7602 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7603 Infos.resize(index);
7604 Infos.push_back(info);
7606 if (!HasInteresting)
7607 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7610 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7611 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7612 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
7613 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7614 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7615 Infos.resize(numParams);
7616 return Infos.data();
7620 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7622 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7623 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7624 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
7625 bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
7627 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7628 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7629 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7631 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7632 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7633 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7635 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7636 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7638 DeclarationName Entity,
7639 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7640 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
7641 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7642 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7643 bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
7644 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
7645 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage,
7646 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7647 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7648 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7649 int indexAdjustment,
7650 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7651 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7652 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7653 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7654 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7655 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7656 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7657 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7658 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7659 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7661 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7662 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7664 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7666 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7667 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7669 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7671 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7673 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7674 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7675 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7676 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7678 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7679 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7681 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7682 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7684 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7685 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7686 bool CXXDirectInit);
7689 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7690 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7691 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7694 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7695 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7696 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7697 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7698 bool Complain = true);
7700 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7701 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7702 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7703 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7705 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7706 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7707 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7709 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7710 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7711 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7714 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7716 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7719 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7721 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7722 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7723 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7724 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7727 InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7728 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7729 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7730 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7732 bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization(
7733 SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec);
7736 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7737 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7738 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7739 bool Complain = true);
7741 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7742 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7743 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7744 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7746 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7747 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7748 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7749 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7751 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7752 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7753 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7756 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7757 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7759 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7761 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7762 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7763 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7764 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7766 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7767 FunctionDecl *Function);
7768 FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD,
7769 const TemplateArgumentList *Args,
7770 SourceLocation Loc);
7771 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7772 FunctionDecl *Function,
7773 bool Recursive = false,
7774 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7775 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7776 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7777 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7778 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7779 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7780 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7781 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7782 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7783 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7784 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7785 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7786 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7788 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7789 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7790 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7792 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7793 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7794 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7795 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7797 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7798 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7799 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7800 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7802 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7803 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7804 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7806 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7807 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7808 bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false);
7809 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7810 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7812 // Objective-C declarations.
7813 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7820 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7822 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7824 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7825 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7826 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7828 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7829 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7830 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7831 ParsedType typeBound);
7833 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7834 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7835 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7836 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7838 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7839 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7840 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7841 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7842 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7843 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7844 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7845 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7846 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7847 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7848 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7849 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7850 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7851 AttributeList *AttrList);
7853 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7854 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7855 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7856 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7857 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7858 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7859 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7860 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7861 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7863 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7864 SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
7865 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7866 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7868 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7869 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7870 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7871 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7873 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7874 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7875 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7876 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7878 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7879 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7880 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7881 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7882 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7883 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7884 AttributeList *AttrList);
7886 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7887 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7888 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7889 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7890 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7891 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7892 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7893 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7894 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7895 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7896 AttributeList *AttrList);
7898 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7899 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7900 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7901 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7902 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7904 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7905 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7906 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7907 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7908 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7910 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7911 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7913 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7914 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7915 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7916 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7919 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7920 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7921 AttributeList *attrList);
7923 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7924 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7925 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7927 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
7928 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7929 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
7930 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
7931 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
7933 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7934 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7935 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7936 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7938 ParsedType baseType,
7939 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7940 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7941 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7942 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7943 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7944 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7945 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7946 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7947 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7948 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7949 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7951 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7952 /// base type was specified.
7953 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7954 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7955 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7956 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7957 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7959 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7960 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7963 ParsedType BaseType,
7964 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7965 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7966 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7967 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7968 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7969 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7970 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7972 /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
7973 QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
7974 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7975 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7976 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7977 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7978 bool FailOnError = false);
7980 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7981 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7983 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7984 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7985 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7986 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7987 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7988 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7989 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7990 bool FailOnError = false);
7992 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7994 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7996 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7997 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7998 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7999 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
8001 unsigned &Attributes,
8002 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
8004 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
8005 /// setters and getters as needed.
8006 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
8007 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
8010 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
8011 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
8012 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
8013 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
8015 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
8016 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
8018 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
8019 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
8020 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
8022 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
8023 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8024 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
8025 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
8026 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
8027 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
8029 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
8030 SourceLocation AtLoc,
8031 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
8033 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
8034 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
8035 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
8036 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
8038 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
8044 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
8047 struct ObjCArgInfo {
8048 IdentifierInfo *Name;
8049 SourceLocation NameLoc;
8050 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
8053 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
8055 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
8056 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
8059 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
8061 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
8062 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
8063 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
8064 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
8065 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
8066 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
8067 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
8068 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
8069 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
8070 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
8071 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
8073 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
8074 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
8076 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
8079 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
8080 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
8083 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
8085 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8086 DeclarationName MemberName,
8087 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
8088 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
8092 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
8093 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
8094 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
8095 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
8097 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
8099 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
8100 /// send that starts with an identifier.
8101 enum ObjCMessageKind {
8102 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
8104 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
8105 ObjCInstanceMessage,
8106 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
8111 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
8112 IdentifierInfo *Name,
8113 SourceLocation NameLoc,
8115 bool HasTrailingDot,
8116 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
8118 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8120 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8121 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8122 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8125 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
8126 QualType ReceiverType,
8127 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8129 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8130 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8131 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8132 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8134 bool isImplicit = false);
8136 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
8137 bool isSuperReceiver,
8140 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8143 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
8144 ParsedType Receiver,
8146 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8147 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8148 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8151 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
8152 QualType ReceiverType,
8153 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8155 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8156 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8157 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8158 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8160 bool isImplicit = false);
8162 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
8163 QualType ReceiverType,
8166 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8169 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
8172 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
8173 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8174 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
8177 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8178 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
8179 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
8180 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
8183 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
8184 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8185 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
8186 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
8188 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
8191 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8193 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8195 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
8198 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
8199 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8200 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
8201 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
8202 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
8203 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
8204 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
8206 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
8207 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8208 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
8210 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
8211 bool Diagnose = true);
8213 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
8215 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
8216 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
8217 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
8218 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
8220 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
8221 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
8227 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
8228 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
8229 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
8231 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
8232 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
8233 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
8234 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
8235 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
8236 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
8237 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
8240 /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section
8241 void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8242 PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
8243 PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName);
8245 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
8246 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
8247 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8249 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
8250 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8251 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
8253 enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind {
8254 NonDefaultStateAtInclude,
8258 void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind,
8259 SourceLocation IncludeLoc);
8260 void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack();
8262 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
8263 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
8265 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
8266 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
8267 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
8270 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
8271 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
8272 /// representation]).
8273 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
8274 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
8275 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8277 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
8278 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8279 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8280 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
8282 enum PragmaSectionKind {
8289 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8291 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
8292 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8294 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
8296 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
8297 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8298 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8299 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
8300 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
8301 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
8303 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
8304 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8305 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8307 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
8308 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8309 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8311 /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
8312 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
8314 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
8315 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
8318 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
8319 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
8321 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8323 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
8324 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
8325 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8327 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
8328 SourceLocation Loc);
8329 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
8331 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
8332 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8333 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8334 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
8336 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
8337 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
8338 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8339 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8340 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8341 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8342 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8344 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
8345 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8346 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8347 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8348 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8349 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8351 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
8352 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
8353 /// \#pragma clang fp contract
8354 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC);
8356 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
8357 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
8358 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8360 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
8361 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8363 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
8364 void FreePackedContext();
8366 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
8367 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
8368 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
8369 SourceLocation Loc);
8371 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
8372 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
8373 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
8375 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
8376 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
8377 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8379 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
8380 void FreeVisContext();
8382 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
8383 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
8384 /// the appropriate attribute.
8385 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
8387 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'.
8388 void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute,
8389 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8390 attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
8392 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
8393 void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8395 /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
8396 /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
8397 void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8399 void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
8401 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
8402 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8404 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
8405 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
8406 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
8407 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
8410 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
8411 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
8412 /// with attribute optnone.
8413 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
8415 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
8416 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
8417 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
8418 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
8420 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
8421 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8422 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8423 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8424 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8426 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
8428 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
8429 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8431 /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
8433 void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr,
8434 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8436 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
8438 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8439 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8441 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
8443 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
8444 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8446 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
8447 void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8448 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
8450 void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8451 ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8453 void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8454 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed,
8455 bool isTemplateInstantiation);
8457 bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type);
8459 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8460 // C++ Coroutines TS
8462 bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc,
8464 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8465 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8466 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8468 ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8469 bool IsImplicit = false);
8470 ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8471 UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup);
8472 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8473 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8474 bool IsImplicit = false);
8475 StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
8476 VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
8477 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
8479 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8480 // OpenCL extensions.
8483 std::string CurrOpenCLExtension;
8484 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type.
8485 llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap;
8486 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration.
8487 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap;
8489 llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const {
8490 return CurrOpenCLExtension;
8492 void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) {
8493 CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext;
8496 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these
8497 /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing.
8498 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8499 void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8501 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be
8502 /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do
8504 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8505 void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8507 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used
8508 /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is
8509 /// empty, do nothing.
8510 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T);
8512 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which
8513 /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current
8514 /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing.
8515 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD);
8517 bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD);
8519 /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS
8520 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8521 /// emit diagnostics.
8522 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8523 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T);
8525 /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E
8526 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8527 /// emit diagnostics.
8528 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8529 bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E);
8531 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8532 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8535 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
8536 /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region.
8537 bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false;
8538 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
8539 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
8540 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
8542 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
8543 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
8544 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
8545 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
8547 /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions.
8548 void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex,
8549 unsigned Level) const;
8551 /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8552 void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion();
8554 /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8555 void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI);
8557 /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension
8558 /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled.
8559 /// \param D type or declaration to be checked.
8560 /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message.
8561 /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message.
8562 /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration.
8563 /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions.
8564 /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for
8566 /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled.
8567 template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT>
8568 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo,
8569 MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0,
8570 SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange());
8573 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
8575 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8577 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8579 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
8580 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
8582 VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
8583 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
8584 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
8586 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
8587 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8589 bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8591 /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.)
8592 /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration
8594 void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8596 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
8597 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8599 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8601 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8603 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
8604 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
8605 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
8606 SourceLocation Loc);
8607 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
8608 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
8609 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
8610 void EndOpenMPClause();
8611 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
8612 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
8614 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
8615 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
8616 /// private by default.
8617 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
8618 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
8620 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8621 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
8623 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
8624 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8625 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
8626 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8627 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8629 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8630 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8631 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
8633 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8634 /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8635 /// reduction' construct.
8636 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8637 TypeResult ParsedType);
8638 /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8639 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8640 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8641 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8642 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8643 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8644 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8645 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8646 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8647 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8648 /// \return omp_priv variable.
8649 VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8650 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8651 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer,
8652 VarDecl *OmpPrivParm);
8653 /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8654 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8655 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8657 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8658 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8659 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8660 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8661 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8662 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8663 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8664 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8665 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8666 /// Check declaration inside target region.
8667 void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D,
8668 SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation());
8669 /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region.
8670 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8671 return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext;
8673 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8674 bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const;
8675 /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be
8676 /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled.
8677 bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const {
8678 return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() ||
8679 isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective();
8682 /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive.
8683 static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
8685 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8686 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8687 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
8689 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8690 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8692 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8693 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8694 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8695 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8696 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8697 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8698 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8699 /// of the associated statement.
8700 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8702 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8703 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8704 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8705 /// of the associated statement.
8706 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
8707 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8708 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8709 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8710 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8711 /// of the associated statement.
8712 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
8713 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8714 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8715 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8716 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8717 /// of the associated statement.
8718 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
8719 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8720 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8721 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8722 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8723 /// of the associated statement.
8724 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8725 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8726 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8727 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8728 /// associated statement.
8729 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8730 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8731 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8732 /// associated statement.
8733 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8734 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8735 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8736 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8737 /// associated statement.
8738 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8739 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8740 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8741 /// associated statement.
8742 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8743 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8744 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8745 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8746 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8747 /// of the associated statement.
8748 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8749 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8750 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8751 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8752 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8753 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8754 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8755 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8756 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8757 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8758 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8759 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8760 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8762 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8763 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8764 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8765 /// associated statement.
8766 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8767 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8768 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8769 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8770 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8771 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8772 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8773 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8774 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8775 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8776 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8777 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8778 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8779 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8780 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8781 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8782 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8783 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8784 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8785 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8786 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8787 /// associated statement.
8788 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8789 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8790 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8791 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8792 /// associated statement.
8793 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8794 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8795 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8796 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8797 /// associated statement.
8798 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8799 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8800 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8801 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8802 /// the associated statement.
8803 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8804 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8805 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8806 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8807 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8808 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8809 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8810 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8812 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8813 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8814 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8815 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8816 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8818 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8819 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8820 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8822 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8823 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8824 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8825 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8826 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8827 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8828 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8829 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8830 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8831 /// associated statement.
8832 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8833 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8834 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8835 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8837 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8838 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8839 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8840 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8841 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8842 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8843 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8844 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8845 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8846 /// associated statement.
8847 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
8848 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8849 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8850 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8851 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
8852 /// the associated statement.
8853 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
8854 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8855 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8856 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8857 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
8858 /// of the associated statement.
8859 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
8860 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8861 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8862 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8863 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
8864 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8865 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8866 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8868 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
8869 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8870 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
8871 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8872 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8873 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8874 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
8875 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8876 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8877 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8878 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8879 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8880 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
8881 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8882 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
8883 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8884 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8885 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8886 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
8887 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8888 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
8889 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8890 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8891 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8892 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
8893 /// the associated statement.
8894 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(
8895 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8896 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8897 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8898 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
8899 /// the associated statement.
8900 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
8901 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8902 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8903 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8904 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
8905 /// of the associated statement.
8906 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8907 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8908 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8909 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8910 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
8911 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8912 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8913 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8914 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8915 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8916 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
8917 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8918 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8919 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8920 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8921 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8922 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
8923 /// associated statement.
8924 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8926 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8927 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8928 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
8929 /// of the associated statement.
8930 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
8931 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8932 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8933 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8934 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
8935 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8936 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8937 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8938 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8939 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8940 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
8941 /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
8942 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8943 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8944 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8945 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8946 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
8947 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8948 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8949 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8950 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8951 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8953 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
8954 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
8955 SourceLocation LinLoc);
8956 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
8958 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
8959 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
8961 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
8962 /// the associated method/function.
8963 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
8964 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
8965 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
8966 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
8967 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
8969 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8971 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8972 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8973 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8974 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
8975 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
8976 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8977 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8978 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
8979 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8980 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8981 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
8982 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8983 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8984 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8985 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
8986 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
8987 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8988 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8989 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8990 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
8991 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
8992 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8993 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8994 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8995 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8996 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8997 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8998 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8999 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
9000 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
9001 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9002 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9003 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9004 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
9006 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9007 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
9008 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
9009 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
9010 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9011 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9012 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9013 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
9014 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9015 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9016 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9017 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
9018 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9019 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9020 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9022 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
9024 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
9025 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9026 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9027 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9028 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
9029 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
9030 SourceLocation KindLoc,
9031 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9032 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9033 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9034 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
9035 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
9036 SourceLocation KindLoc,
9037 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9038 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9039 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9041 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
9042 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
9043 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9044 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
9045 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9046 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
9047 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
9048 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
9049 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9050 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
9051 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9053 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9054 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9055 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
9056 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9057 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9058 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
9059 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9060 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9061 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
9062 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9063 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9064 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
9065 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9066 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9067 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
9068 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9069 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9070 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
9071 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9072 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9073 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
9074 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9075 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9076 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
9077 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9078 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9079 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
9080 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9081 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9082 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
9083 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9084 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9085 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
9086 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
9087 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9089 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
9090 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
9091 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9092 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9093 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9094 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
9095 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
9096 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
9097 SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
9098 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
9099 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9100 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9101 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9102 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9103 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
9104 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9105 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9106 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9107 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9108 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
9109 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9110 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9111 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9112 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9113 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
9114 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9115 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9116 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9117 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9118 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
9119 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
9120 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9121 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9122 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9123 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9124 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9125 /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause.
9126 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause(
9127 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9128 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9129 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9130 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9131 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9132 /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause.
9133 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause(
9134 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9135 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
9136 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
9137 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
9138 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
9139 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
9141 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
9142 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9143 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
9144 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9145 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
9146 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9148 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9149 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9150 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
9151 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9152 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
9153 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9154 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9155 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9156 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9157 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
9158 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9159 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9160 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9161 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9162 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
9163 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9164 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9165 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9166 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9167 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
9169 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
9170 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9171 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9172 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9173 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
9174 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9175 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9176 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9177 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
9179 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
9180 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
9181 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
9182 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9183 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9184 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
9185 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9186 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9187 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9188 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
9189 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
9190 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9191 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9192 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9193 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
9194 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9195 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9196 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9197 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
9198 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
9199 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
9200 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
9201 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9202 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
9203 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
9204 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
9205 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
9206 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9207 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
9208 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9209 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9210 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9211 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9212 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
9213 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9214 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9215 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9216 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9217 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
9218 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9219 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9220 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9221 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9222 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
9223 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
9224 SourceLocation StartLoc,
9225 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9226 SourceLocation EndLoc);
9228 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
9229 enum CheckedConversionKind {
9230 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
9231 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9232 /// \brief A C-style cast.
9234 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
9236 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
9240 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
9241 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
9242 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
9243 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
9244 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
9245 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
9246 CheckedConversionKind CCK
9247 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9249 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
9250 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
9251 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
9253 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
9254 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
9256 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
9258 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
9259 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9260 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9262 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
9263 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
9264 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9266 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
9267 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9268 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
9270 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
9271 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
9272 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
9273 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
9274 bool Diagnose = true);
9276 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
9277 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
9278 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
9280 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
9282 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
9283 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
9284 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
9285 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
9287 /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
9288 /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
9289 /// we don't have xvalues there.
9290 ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
9292 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
9293 enum VariadicCallType {
9297 VariadicConstructor,
9298 VariadicDoesNotApply
9301 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9302 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9305 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
9315 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
9316 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
9318 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
9319 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
9320 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
9322 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
9323 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
9325 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
9326 /// form of call prototypes.
9327 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9328 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9329 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
9330 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
9331 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
9332 bool AllowExplicit = false,
9333 bool IsListInitialization = false);
9335 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
9336 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
9337 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
9338 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
9340 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
9341 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
9342 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
9343 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
9344 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
9345 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9346 bool IsCompAssign = false);
9348 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
9349 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
9350 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
9351 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
9352 /// source and destination type.
9353 enum AssignConvertType {
9354 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
9357 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
9358 /// accept as an extension.
9361 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
9362 /// accept as an extension.
9365 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
9366 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
9367 FunctionVoidPointer,
9369 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
9370 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
9371 IncompatiblePointer,
9373 /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
9374 /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
9375 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
9376 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
9377 IncompatiblePointerSign,
9379 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
9380 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
9381 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9383 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
9384 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
9385 /// like address spaces.
9386 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9388 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
9389 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
9390 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
9392 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
9394 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
9395 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
9396 IncompatibleVectors,
9398 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
9399 /// pointer. We disallow this.
9402 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
9403 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
9404 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
9406 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
9407 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
9408 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
9409 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
9411 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
9412 /// object with __weak qualifier.
9413 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
9415 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
9416 /// represent it in the AST.
9420 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
9421 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
9422 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
9423 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
9425 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9426 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
9427 bool *Complained = nullptr);
9429 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
9430 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
9431 /// value, to be used as a mask.
9432 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
9433 bool AllowMask) const;
9435 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
9436 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
9437 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9440 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
9441 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
9443 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
9447 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
9448 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
9450 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
9453 bool ConvertRHS = true);
9455 /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
9457 /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
9458 /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
9459 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
9460 /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
9461 /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
9462 /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
9463 /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
9464 /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
9465 /// for ARC retain issues.
9466 /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
9467 /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
9468 /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
9469 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
9470 QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
9471 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
9473 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
9474 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
9475 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
9478 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9480 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9482 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9483 AssignmentAction Action,
9484 bool AllowExplicit = false);
9485 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9486 AssignmentAction Action,
9488 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
9489 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9490 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
9491 AssignmentAction Action,
9492 CheckedConversionKind CCK
9493 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9494 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9495 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
9496 AssignmentAction Action,
9497 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
9499 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
9500 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
9502 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
9503 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9505 QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9507 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
9508 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
9509 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
9510 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9511 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9513 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9514 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9515 bool IsCompAssign = false);
9516 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9517 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9518 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9519 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9520 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9521 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9522 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
9523 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9524 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
9525 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
9526 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9527 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
9528 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
9529 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9530 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9531 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
9532 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9533 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9534 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
9535 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
9536 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
9537 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
9538 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
9540 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9541 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
9542 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9543 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
9544 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9545 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
9546 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
9548 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
9549 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9550 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9551 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
9552 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
9553 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
9554 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
9555 bool ConvertArgs = true);
9556 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
9557 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
9558 bool ConvertArgs = true) {
9559 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
9560 QualType Composite =
9561 FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
9567 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9568 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9570 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9571 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9573 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9574 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
9575 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
9577 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
9578 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9579 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9580 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
9581 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
9582 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9583 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
9584 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9585 SourceLocation Loc);
9587 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9588 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9590 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
9591 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
9593 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
9595 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
9596 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
9597 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
9598 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
9599 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
9600 /// reference binding is not possible.
9601 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
9602 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
9603 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
9604 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
9606 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
9610 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
9611 QualType T1, QualType T2,
9612 bool &DerivedToBase,
9613 bool &ObjCConversion,
9614 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
9616 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9617 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9618 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
9620 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
9622 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
9624 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
9625 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
9626 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
9627 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
9629 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
9630 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9631 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
9632 // returns true if the cast is invalid
9633 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
9636 /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
9637 /// implicit casts if necessary.
9638 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
9640 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
9641 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9642 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
9643 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
9644 // returns the cast expr
9645 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
9648 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
9649 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9651 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9653 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
9655 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
9656 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak.
9657 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
9658 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
9659 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
9660 bool Diagnose = true,
9661 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
9662 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
9665 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9666 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9668 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
9671 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
9672 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
9673 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
9674 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
9675 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
9677 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9678 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
9679 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
9681 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9682 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
9683 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9685 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
9686 /// \param Method - May be null.
9687 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
9688 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
9689 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
9690 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
9691 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9692 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9693 bool isSuperMessage,
9694 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
9695 SourceRange RecRange,
9696 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
9698 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
9699 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
9700 /// and the form of the message send.
9701 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
9702 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9703 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
9705 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
9706 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
9707 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
9709 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
9710 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
9711 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
9712 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
9714 class ConditionResult {
9716 FullExprArg Condition;
9722 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
9724 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
9725 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
9726 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
9727 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9728 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
9729 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9730 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9731 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9734 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
9735 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9736 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9737 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9740 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9746 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9748 enum class ConditionKind {
9749 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9750 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9751 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9754 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9755 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9757 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9758 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9761 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9763 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9764 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9766 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9768 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9769 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9770 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
9771 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9773 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9775 /// \return true iff there were any errors
9776 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9777 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9779 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9780 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9781 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9783 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9784 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9785 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9787 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9788 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9790 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9791 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9792 /// the specified diagnostic.
9793 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9794 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9795 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9797 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9798 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9799 /// in the global scope.
9800 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9802 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9803 /// expression violations.
9804 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9808 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9810 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9811 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
9812 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9815 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9816 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9817 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9818 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9819 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9820 bool AllowFold = true);
9821 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9823 bool AllowFold = true);
9824 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9825 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9827 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
9828 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
9829 /// Returns false on success.
9830 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
9831 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9832 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
9833 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
9836 unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
9839 /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9840 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater
9841 /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
9842 void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
9844 /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9845 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0
9846 /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
9847 bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
9849 /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
9850 /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
9851 /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
9852 llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9853 std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
9856 /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the
9857 /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
9858 struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
9859 CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
9863 /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
9864 /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the
9865 /// same deferred diag twice.
9866 llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
9868 /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
9869 /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
9871 /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
9873 llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9874 /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
9875 CUDAKnownEmittedFns;
9877 /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support
9878 /// deferred diagnostics.
9880 /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are
9881 /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is
9882 /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this
9883 /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns.
9884 llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9885 /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9889 /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred.
9891 /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
9892 /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
9893 /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
9894 /// function is never codegen'ed.
9896 /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
9897 /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
9899 /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
9900 /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
9901 /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
9902 /// deferred" diagnostics.
9903 class CUDADiagBuilder {
9906 /// Emit no diagnostics.
9908 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
9910 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
9911 /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
9912 /// priori known-emitted function.
9913 K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
9914 /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
9915 /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with
9916 /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
9920 CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
9921 FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
9924 /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
9925 /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
9929 /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
9930 /// return ExprError();
9932 /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
9933 /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself.
9934 operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
9936 template <typename T>
9937 friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag,
9939 if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
9940 *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
9941 else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue())
9942 *Diag.PartialDiag << Value;
9953 // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
9954 // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
9955 llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
9956 llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag;
9959 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9960 /// is "used as device code".
9962 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics.
9963 /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
9964 /// diagnostics immediately.
9965 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
9966 /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
9967 /// that the function will be codegen'ed.
9971 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
9972 /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
9973 /// return ExprError();
9974 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
9975 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9977 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9978 /// is "used as host code".
9980 /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
9981 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9983 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
9991 /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
9994 /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
9995 /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
9996 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
9997 bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
9998 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr);
10000 /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
10001 CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
10002 return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
10005 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
10007 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
10008 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
10009 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
10010 // function that do not match current compilation
10012 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
10013 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
10014 // function matching current compilation mode.
10015 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
10018 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
10019 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
10020 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
10021 /// nullptr in case of global context.
10022 /// \param Callee target function
10024 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
10025 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10026 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
10028 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
10029 /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed.
10031 /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in
10032 /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
10033 bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10034 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
10035 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
10038 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
10039 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
10040 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
10041 const LookupResult &Previous);
10044 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
10046 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
10047 /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
10049 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
10050 /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
10051 /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
10053 /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
10054 /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
10055 /// deferred errors.
10057 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
10058 bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
10060 /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
10061 /// operator() method.
10063 /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit
10064 /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__
10065 /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves.
10066 void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
10068 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
10069 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
10070 /// calling priority.
10071 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
10072 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10073 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
10075 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
10076 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
10077 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
10078 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
10079 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
10080 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
10082 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
10083 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
10084 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
10085 /// the member declaration.
10086 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
10087 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
10088 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
10092 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
10093 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
10094 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
10095 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
10097 /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
10098 /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
10099 void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10100 const LookupResult &Previous);
10101 /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
10102 void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
10104 /// \name Code completion
10106 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
10107 enum ParserCompletionContext {
10108 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
10110 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
10112 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
10115 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
10116 /// category implementation
10117 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
10118 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
10119 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
10120 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
10121 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
10124 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
10125 /// headers within a class.
10126 PCC_MemberTemplate,
10127 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
10129 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
10130 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
10132 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
10133 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
10135 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
10136 /// while, switch, or for statement.
10138 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
10139 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
10140 /// in the grammar.
10141 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
10142 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
10144 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
10145 /// might also be a type cast.
10146 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
10147 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
10148 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
10149 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
10152 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
10153 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
10154 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
10155 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
10156 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
10157 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
10159 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
10160 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
10161 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
10162 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
10163 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
10164 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
10165 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
10166 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
10167 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
10168 void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
10169 const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr);
10170 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
10171 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
10172 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
10173 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
10174 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
10175 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10176 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
10177 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
10178 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
10180 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10181 bool EnteringContext);
10182 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
10183 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
10184 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
10185 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
10186 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
10187 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
10189 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
10191 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
10192 bool AfterAmpersand);
10194 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
10195 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
10196 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
10197 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
10198 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
10199 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
10200 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
10201 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
10203 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
10204 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
10205 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10206 bool AtArgumentExpression);
10207 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
10208 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10209 bool AtArgumentExpression,
10210 bool IsSuper = false);
10211 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
10212 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
10213 bool AtArgumentExpression,
10214 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
10215 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
10216 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
10217 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
10218 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
10219 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
10220 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
10221 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
10222 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
10223 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
10224 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10225 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10226 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
10227 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
10228 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10229 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10230 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
10231 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
10232 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
10233 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
10234 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
10235 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
10236 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
10237 ParsedType ReturnType);
10238 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
10239 bool IsInstanceMethod,
10240 bool AtParameterName,
10241 ParsedType ReturnType,
10242 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
10243 void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
10244 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
10245 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
10246 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
10247 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
10248 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
10249 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
10250 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
10251 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
10252 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
10253 unsigned Argument);
10254 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
10255 void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName();
10256 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
10257 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10258 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
10261 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10262 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
10265 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
10266 unsigned ByteNo) const;
10269 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10270 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
10271 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
10272 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
10273 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
10274 // FunctionDeclaration.
10275 struct FormatStringInfo {
10276 unsigned FormatIdx;
10277 unsigned FirstDataArg;
10281 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
10282 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
10283 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10284 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10285 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
10286 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
10287 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10288 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10289 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10290 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10291 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10292 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10293 SourceLocation Loc);
10295 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10296 const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10297 bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10298 VariadicCallType CallType);
10300 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
10301 ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
10303 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10304 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10306 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10307 unsigned MaxWidth);
10308 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10309 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10311 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10312 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10313 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10314 bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10315 bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10316 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10317 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10319 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10320 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call);
10321 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
10322 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
10323 bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall);
10324 bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
10327 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
10328 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
10329 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10330 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10331 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
10334 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
10335 bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
10336 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
10337 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
10338 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10339 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10340 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10341 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10342 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
10343 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
10344 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10345 llvm::APSInt &Result);
10346 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10347 int Low, int High);
10348 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10349 unsigned Multiple);
10350 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10351 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
10354 enum FormatStringType {
10361 FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
10366 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
10368 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
10370 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
10373 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
10374 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10376 VariadicCallType CallType,
10377 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10378 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10379 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10380 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
10381 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
10382 VariadicCallType CallType,
10383 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
10384 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10386 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
10387 const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10389 void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10391 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10393 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10395 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10396 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10398 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10399 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10401 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
10402 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
10403 bool isObjCMethod = false,
10404 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
10405 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
10407 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
10408 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
10409 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
10410 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
10411 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
10413 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
10414 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
10415 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
10416 bool IsConstexpr = false);
10418 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
10421 /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
10422 void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
10423 DeclarationName FieldName,
10424 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
10426 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
10427 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
10428 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
10430 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
10431 /// attempts to add itself into the container
10432 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
10434 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
10435 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
10436 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
10438 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
10439 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10440 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10441 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
10443 struct TypeTagData {
10446 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
10447 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
10448 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
10453 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
10454 /// layout-compatibility.
10455 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
10456 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
10459 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
10460 /// identifies the magic value.
10461 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
10464 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
10465 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
10466 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
10468 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
10469 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
10470 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10471 const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
10472 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
10474 /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
10475 /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
10476 void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
10478 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
10480 /// The parser maintains this state here.
10483 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
10484 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
10486 /// Nullability type specifiers.
10487 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
10488 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
10489 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
10491 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
10493 /// \brief The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events.
10495 /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include
10496 /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack.
10497 sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler;
10500 friend class Parser;
10501 friend class InitializationSequence;
10502 friend class ASTReader;
10503 friend class ASTDeclReader;
10504 friend class ASTWriter;
10507 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
10508 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
10510 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
10511 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
10513 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
10514 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
10516 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
10518 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
10519 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
10520 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
10521 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
10522 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
10523 /// template substitution or instantiation.
10524 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
10526 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
10527 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
10530 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
10531 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
10533 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
10535 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
10536 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
10539 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
10540 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
10541 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
10542 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
10543 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
10547 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
10548 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
10549 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
10550 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
10551 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
10552 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
10553 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
10554 return NumArgs > NumParams;
10557 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
10558 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
10559 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
10562 class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII {
10564 SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); }
10566 ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() {
10567 assert(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
10568 "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
10569 assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&
10570 "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "
10571 "exception specs");
10572 assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&
10573 "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes");
10579 decltype(DelayedExceptionSpecChecks) SavedExceptionSpecChecks;
10580 decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs)
10581 SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
10582 decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses;
10584 void swapSavedState() {
10585 SavedExceptionSpecChecks.swap(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks);
10586 SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap(
10587 S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs);
10588 SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses);
10592 /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
10593 /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
10594 struct MisalignedMember {
10598 CharUnits Alignment;
10600 MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
10601 MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10602 CharUnits Alignment)
10603 : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
10604 explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
10605 : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
10607 bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
10609 /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
10610 /// due to the packed attribute.
10611 SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
10613 /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
10614 void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10615 CharUnits Alignment);
10618 /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
10619 /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
10621 void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10623 /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
10624 /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
10625 /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
10626 /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
10628 void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
10630 /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
10631 /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
10632 /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
10633 void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
10635 llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
10639 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
10640 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
10642 bool Entered = true;
10646 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10647 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10648 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
10649 bool IsDecltype = false,
10650 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10651 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
10653 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
10656 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10657 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10658 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10659 bool IsDecltype = false)
10660 : Actions(Actions) {
10661 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
10662 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
10666 enum InitListTag { InitList };
10667 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
10668 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10669 : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
10670 // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
10671 // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
10672 // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
10674 if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
10675 Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10676 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
10677 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false);
10682 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10684 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10688 DeductionFailureInfo
10689 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
10690 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
10692 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
10693 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
10694 struct LateParsedTemplate {
10696 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
10700 } // end namespace clang
10703 // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
10705 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
10706 using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
10707 using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
10709 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
10710 return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10713 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
10714 return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10717 static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
10718 return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
10719 FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding());
10722 static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
10723 const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
10724 return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
10727 } // namespace llvm